Модуль:Citation/CS1: различия между версиями

Материал из in.wiki
Перейти к навигации Перейти к поиску
м (Изменил уровень защиты Модуль:Citation/CS1: критический шаблон или модуль ([Редактирование=только администраторы] (бессрочно) [Переименование=только администраторы] (бессрочно)))
м (1 версия импортирована)
Строка 1: Строка 1:
  
local cs1 ={};
+
local z = {
 +
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
 +
error_ids = {};
 +
message_tail = {};
 +
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
 +
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
 +
}
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
]]
 
]]
 +
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
date_name_xlate
+
local whitelist = {}; -- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
 
  
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
 
+
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
 
 
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
 
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
 
 
 
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
 
and used here
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
function is_set( var )
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
+
end
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
 
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
 
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
+
First set variable or nil if none
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
 
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
 
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
 
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function first_set (list, count)
+
local function first_set(...)
local i = 1;
+
local list = {...};
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
+
for _, var in pairs(list) do
if is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if is_set( var ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
+
return var;
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Whether needle is in haystack
 
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
 
 
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
 
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 
 
 
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
+
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
--[[ отключено для рувики
+
if needle == nil then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
+
return false;
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
end
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
+
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
+
if v == needle then
 +
return n;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
]]
+
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
+
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
 
 
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_vanc_error (source)
+
local function substitute( msg, args )
if not added_vanc_errs then
+
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
 
 
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
 
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
 
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
local function is_scheme (scheme)
+
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
+
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
 +
the responsibility of the calling function.
  
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
+
]]
 
+
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
+
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
+
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
+
prefix = prefix or "";
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
+
suffix = suffix or "";
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
 
+
if error_state == nil then
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
+
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
 
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
 
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
 
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
 
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
 
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
 
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
 
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
 
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
 
if not domain then
 
return false; -- if not set, abandon
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
+
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
 +
 +
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
 +
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
 +
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
return false;
+
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
end
+
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
-- Do most common case first
+
return '', false;
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 
return true;
 
else
 
return false;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
 +
 +
if raw == true then
 +
return message, error_state.hidden;
 +
end
 +
 +
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
+
]]
  
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
+
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
+
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
wikilinks.
+
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
+
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Determines whether a URL string is valid.
  
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme. It is not determined whether
 
+
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
 
 
 
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
 
 
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
 
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function split_url (url_str)
+
local function check_url( url_str )
local scheme, authority, domain;
+
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
 
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
 
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
end
 
 
return scheme, domain;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
 
 
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 
 
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
 
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
+
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
 +
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_param_ok (value)
+
local function safe_for_italics( str )
local scheme, domain;
+
if not is_set(str) then
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
+
return str;
return false;
+
else
 +
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
 +
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
 +
 +
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
 +
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
 
end
 
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
 
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
 
 
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
+
local function safe_for_url( str )
local orig;
+
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (orig) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
 +
['['] = '&#91;',
 +
[']'] = '&#93;',
 +
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
 
+
argument; protects italic styled parametersAdditional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
+
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
 
 
First we test for space charactersIf any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
 
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
 
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
 
 
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_url( url_str )
+
local function wrap_style (key, str)
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
+
if not is_set( str ) then
return false;
+
return "";
 +
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
 +
str = safe_for_italics( str );
 
end
 
end
local scheme, domain;
 
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
+
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
+
Format an external link with error checking
  
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
+
]]
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
 
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
 
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
+
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
local error_str = "";
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
+
if not is_set( label ) then
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
+
label = URL;
 
+
if is_set( source ) then
]=]
+
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 
+
else
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
+
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
local scheme, domain;
+
end
 
+
end
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if not check_url( URL ) then
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
+
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
  
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
+
Formats a wiki style external link
 
 
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
+
local function external_link_id(options)
local error_message = '';
+
local url_string = options.id;
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
+
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
+
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
 
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 
end
 
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
+
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
+
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
 +
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
 +
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
 +
]]
 +
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
 +
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
 +
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 +
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 +
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 +
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 +
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
  
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_for_url( str )
+
local function kern_quotes (str)
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
+
local cap='';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
local cap2='';
 +
 +
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
 +
if is_set (cap) then
 +
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
 +
end
 +
 
 +
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
 +
if is_set (cap) then
 +
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
+
return str;
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
 
['['] = '&#91;',
 
[']'] = '&#93;',
 
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 +
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 +
in italic markup.
  
Format an external link with error checking
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
  
]]
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
 +
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 +
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 +
|script-title=ja : *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja: *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja :*** ***
 +
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
+
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
local error_str = "";
+
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
local domain;
+
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
 
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
 
if is_set( source ) then
 
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 
else
 
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 
end
 
end
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
 
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
end
 
 
 
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
 
 
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
 
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
 
end
 
 
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
 
end
 
  
 +
At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
  
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
+
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
 
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
 
parameters in the citation.
 
 
 
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
+
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
local name;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
end
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
 +
if not is_set (lang) then
 +
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 +
end
 +
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 +
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
 +
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 +
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 +
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 +
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
 +
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 +
else
 +
add_prop_cat ('script')
 +
end
 +
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 +
else
 +
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 +
end
 +
end
 +
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 +
 
 +
return script_value;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
 +
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 +
]]
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
+
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
+
if is_set (script) then
 
+
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
+
if is_set (script) then
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
+
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
 
 
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
 
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local cap='';
 
local cap2='';
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
 
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
 
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
 
end
 
 
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
 
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
if is_set (cap) then
 
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
if is_set (cap) then
 
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
str = label;
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return str;
+
return title;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
not be italicized and may be written right-to-leftThe value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
+
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templatesAdditional text taken
in italic markup.
+
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
+
]]
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
+
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
+
if not is_set( str ) then
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
+
return "";
|script-title=ja : *** ***
+
end
|script-title=ja: *** ***
+
if true == lower then
|script-title=ja :*** ***
+
local msg;
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
+
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
 +
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
 +
return str;
 +
else
 +
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
 +
end
 +
end
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
  
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
+
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 +
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
  
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_script_value (script_value)
+
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
+
local value = nil;
local name;
+
local selected = '';
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
local error_list = {};
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
if not is_set (lang) then
+
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
+
 +
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
 +
if index == '1' then
 +
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 +
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
 +
if is_set(args[v]) then
 +
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
 +
table.insert( error_list, v );
 +
else
 +
value = args[v];
 +
selected = v;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 +
if index ~= nil then
 +
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
 
end
 
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
+
if is_set(args[v]) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
table.insert( error_list, v );
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
 
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
 
else
 
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
+
value = args[v];
 +
selected = v;
 
end
 
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
+
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if #error_list > 0 then
 +
local error_str = "";
 +
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
 +
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
 +
end
 +
if #error_list > 1 then
 +
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
 
else
 
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
+
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
 
end
 
end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
+
 
+
return value, selected;
return script_value;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
+
Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 +
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
+
local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
if is_set (script) then
+
local chapter_error = '';
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
+
if is_set (script) then
+
if not is_set (chapter) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
+
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
 +
if is_set (transchapter) then
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
 +
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
 +
end
 +
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
end
 +
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 +
else -- here when chapter is set
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
if is_set (transchapter) then
 +
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
 +
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
 +
end
 +
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return title;
+
return chapter;
 
end
 
end
  
 
+
--[[
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument
 
+
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
+
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
configuration taking one argumentSupports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
 
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
if not is_set( str ) then
+
local origin = {};
return "";
+
end
+
return setmetatable({
if true == lower then
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local msg;
+
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
+
return origin[k];
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
 
 
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
 
local chapter_error = '';
 
 
if not is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
},
 
+
{
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
+
return nil;
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
end
end
+
 +
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 +
 +
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 +
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 +
if origin[k] == nil then
 +
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 +
end
 +
elseif list ~= nil then
 +
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 +
else
 +
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 +
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 +
if v == nil then
 +
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 +
origin[k] = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 +
return v;
 +
end,
 +
});
 +
end
  
if is_set (transchapter) then
+
--[[
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
+
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
if is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
 
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
 
chapter = transchapter; --
 
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
+
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
true - active, supported parameters
-- end
+
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
]]
  
return chapter .. chapter_error;
+
local function validate( name )
 +
local name = tostring( name );
 +
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
 +
 +
-- Normal arguments
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Arguments with numbers in them
 +
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
 +
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 +
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
 +
local function internal_link_id(options)
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 +
end
  
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 
first match.
 
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkersAlso detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
+
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
+
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
+
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
  
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
]]
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
 
parameter value.
 
  
]]
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
 +
local cap='';
 +
local cap2='';
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
 
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 
local i=1;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
+
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
+
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
return;
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return date;
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
 +
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
 +
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
 +
 +
]]
  
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
+
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
+
local temp = 0;
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
+
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
+
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
+
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
+
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
+
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
position = nil; -- unset position
+
else
end
+
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
 
 
if position then
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
 
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
if capture then
 
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики: TODO: не согласуется?
 
else
 
err_msg = 'Символ' .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики
 
end
 
 
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper( args )
+
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local origin = {};
+
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
 +
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
 +
local len = isbn_str:len();
 +
 +
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if len == 10 then
 +
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
 +
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
 +
else
 +
local temp = 0;
 +
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
 +
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
 +
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
 +
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
 +
end
 +
return temp % 10 == 0;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
 +
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 +
 
 +
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
 
 
return setmetatable({
+
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
return origin[k];
+
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function issn(id)
 +
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
 +
local text;
 +
local valid_issn = true;
 +
 
 +
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 +
 
 +
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 +
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 +
else
 +
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if true == valid_issn then
 +
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 +
else
 +
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 +
end
 +
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if false == valid_issn then
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
 +
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
 +
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
 +
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function amazon(id, domain)
 +
local err_cat = ""
 +
 
 +
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
 +
else
 +
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
 +
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
 +
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
 +
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
 +
end
 +
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
 
end
 
end
},
+
end
{
+
if not is_set(domain) then  
__index = function ( tbl, k )
+
domain = "com";
if origin[k] ~= nil then
+
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
return nil;
+
domain = "co." .. domain;
end
+
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
+
domain = "com." .. domain;
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
+
end
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
if origin[k] == nil then
+
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
end
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
 
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 
end
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 
return v;
 
end,
 
});
 
end
 
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
+
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
 +
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
 +
<number> is a three-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 +
 +
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
<number> is a four-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
  
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
+
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
 +
<number> is a five-digit number
 +
]]
  
]]
+
local function arxiv (id, class)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
 +
local year, month, version;
 +
local err_cat = '';
 +
local text;
 +
 +
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
 +
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
 +
end
  
local function nowrap_date (date)
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local cap='';
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local cap2='';
 
  
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
+
if is_set (class) then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
+
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
+
else
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
+
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return date;
+
return text .. class;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
 +
1. Remove all blanks.
 +
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
 +
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
 +
a. Remove it.
 +
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
 +
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
 +
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
+
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
 +
]]
  
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
+
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
+
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
  
]]
+
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
 +
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
 +
end
  
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
+
local prefix
if is_set(title_type) then
+
local suffix
if "none" == title_type then
+
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
 
end
+
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
 +
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
 +
end
 +
 +
return lccn;
 
end
 
end
  
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
+
--[[
end
+
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
 +
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
 +
 
 +
length = 8 then all digits
 +
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
 +
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
 +
 
 +
]]
  
 +
local function lccn(lccn)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
 +
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 +
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
 +
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
  
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
+
if 8 == len then
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
letter - letter (A - B)
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
digit - digit (4-5)
+
end
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
+
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
+
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
 +
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
 +
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
 +
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
 +
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
 +
end
  
any other forms are returned unmodified.
+
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
 +
end
  
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
 +
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function pmid(id)
if not is_set (str) then
+
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
return str;
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
end
+
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
 
 
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
+
else -- PMID is only digits
 +
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 +
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
local out = {};
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
  
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
+
 
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
+
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
+
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
+
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
+
 
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
+
]]
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
+
 
else -- для рувики: всё наоборот
+
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', ''); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
+
if is_set (embargo) then
end
+
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
 +
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
 +
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
 +
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
 +
 +
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
 +
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
 +
return embargo; -- still embargoed
 +
else
 +
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
 +
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
 +
end
 
end
 
end
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
 
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
 +
end
  
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
+
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
end
+
 
 +
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
  
 +
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
 +
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
 +
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
+
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
 +
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
 +
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
  
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
+
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
 +
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
+
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
+
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
f.gsub=string.gsub
+
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
f.match=string.match
+
f.sub=string.sub
+
local text;
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
+
 
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
f.match=mw.ustring.match
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
+
else -- PMC is only digits
 +
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 +
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
 +
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
 +
else
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
 +
return text;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
  
local str = ''; -- the output string
+
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
local end_chr = '';
+
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
local trim;
+
 
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
+
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
if value == nil then value = ''; end
+
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
+
 
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
+
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
+
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
elseif value ~= '' then
+
 
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
local function doi(id, inactive)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
local cat = ""
else
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
comp = value;
+
end
+
local text;
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
+
if is_set(inactive) then
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
+
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
+
if is_set(inactive_year) then
trim = false;
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
else
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
+
end
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
+
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"  
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
else
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
+
inactive = ""  
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
+
end
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
+
 
trim = true; -- same question
+
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
end
+
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
end
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
+
return text .. inactive .. cat
trim = true;
+
end
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
+
 
trim = true;
+
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
+
local function openlibrary(id)
trim = true;
+
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
trim = true;
+
 
end
+
if ( code == "A" ) then
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
+
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
+
encode = handler.encode})
end
+
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
end
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 
+
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
if trim then
+
encode = handler.encode})
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
+
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
+
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
+
encode = handler.encode})
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
+
else
else
+
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
+
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
end
+
encode = handler.encode}) ..
end
+
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
+
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
+
end
end
+
 
end
+
 
return str;
+
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
end
 
  
 +
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
 +
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
]]
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
+
local function message_id (id)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
 +
 
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 +
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_suffix (suffix)
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if is_set(title_type) then
return true;
+
if "none" == title_type then
 +
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 +
end
 +
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
end
 
end
return false;
+
 
 +
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
 +
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
  
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
]]
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
+
end
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
+
 
 +
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
 +
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
 +
]]
 +
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
 +
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
 +
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
 +
return argument;
 +
end
  
This original test:
+
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
 
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
  
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
+
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
+
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
+
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
+
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
+
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
  
if is_set (suffix) then
+
while true do
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
+
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
+
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
+
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
 +
else
 +
break;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
+
return argument; -- done
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
 
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
return true;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
+
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
  
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
+
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
 +
of %27%27...
 +
]]
  
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
 +
if is_set (title) then
 +
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
 +
else
 +
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
 +
end
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
 +
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
 +
else
 +
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
 +
end
 +
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
 +
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
 +
end
 +
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
 +
end
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
+
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
+
local pattern;
 +
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
 +
 +
while true do
 +
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
 +
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
 +
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
 +
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
 +
end
 +
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
 +
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
 +
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
 +
return pages;
 +
end
  
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
+
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
+
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
end
+
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
 +
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
 +
end));
 +
end
  
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
+
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
+
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
+
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
+
return str;
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
+
end
else
+
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
else
 
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 
end
 
end
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
 
 
 
 
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
 
 
 
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
 
 
 
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
 
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
 
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
 
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
 
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end
 
if 3 > i then
 
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
 
end
 
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
 
end
 
 
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
 
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local sep;
+
--[[
local namesep;
+
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
local format = control.format
+
local maximum = control.maximum
+
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
+
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
local text = {}
+
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 
+
]]
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
+
local str = ''; -- the output string
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
+
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
else
+
local end_chr = '';
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
+
local trim;
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
+
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
end
+
if value == nil then value = ''; end
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
+
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
+
elseif value ~= '' then
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
+
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if is_set(person.last) then
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
local mask = person.mask
+
else
local one
+
comp = value;
local sep_one = sep;
+
end
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
+
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
etal = true;
+
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
break;
+
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
local n = tonumber(mask)
+
trim = false;
if (n ~= nil) then
+
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
else
+
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
one = mask;
+
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
sep_one = " ";
+
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
end
+
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
else
+
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
one = person.last
+
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
local first = person.first
+
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
if is_set(first) then
+
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
+
trim = true; -- same question
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
end
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
+
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
+
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
end
+
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
 
end
 
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
+
 
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
+
if trim then
 +
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 +
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 +
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 +
 +
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 +
else
 +
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
table.insert( text, one )
+
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return str;
 +
end 
  
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
if count > 0 then
 
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 
end
 
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
 
return result, count
 
end
 
  
 +
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
+
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
 +
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
  
 
]]
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
names[i] = v.last
+
if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
end
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
+
end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
+
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
+
end;
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
+
return true;
else
 
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
+
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 +
 
 +
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
 +
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
 +
local initials = {}
 +
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
 +
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
 +
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
 +
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 +
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
 +
end
 +
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 +
end
  
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
 
 
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
 
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
return name, etal; --  
 
end
 
  
 
+
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
 
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
 
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local _, pattern;
+
local sep;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
+
local namesep;
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
+
local format = control.format
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
+
local maximum = control.maximum
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
+
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
+
local text = {}
 
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
 
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
 
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
 
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
 
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
 
}
 
  
if is_set (name) then
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
+
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
if name:match (pattern) then
+
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
+
else
break;
+
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
end
+
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
 
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
+
end
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 
+
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 
+
if is_set(person.last) then
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
+
local mask = person.mask
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
+
local one
(author or editor) maintenance category.
+
local sep_one = sep;
 +
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 +
etal = true;
 +
break;
 +
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 +
local n = tonumber(mask)
 +
if (n ~= nil) then
 +
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 +
else
 +
one = mask;
 +
sep_one = " ";
 +
end
 +
else
 +
one = person.last
 +
local first = person.first
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters
 +
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first
 +
end
 +
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 +
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 +
end
  
]]
+
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
 
+
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
end
local count, _;
+
table.insert( text, one )
if is_set (name) then
+
table.insert( text, sep_one )
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
+
end
+
end
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
+
 
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
+
local count = #text / 2;
 +
if count > 0 then  
 +
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 +
text[#text-2] = " & ";
 
end
 
end
 +
text[#text] = nil;
 +
end
 +
 +
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 +
if etal then
 +
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
 +
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
+
 +
return result, count
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
 
parameters.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
local function anchor_id( options )
if is_set (last) then
+
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
+
else
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set (first) then
 
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
 
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
 
else
 
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
end
 
end
 
return last, first; -- done
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
end
  
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Строка 1296: Строка 1445:
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 +
local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 +
 +
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
  
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 
 
while true do
 
while true do
 
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
Строка 1304: Строка 1455:
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
local name = tostring(last);
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
+
last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
+
etal = true;
 +
end
 +
name = tostring(first);
 +
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
 +
first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true;
 +
end
 +
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
+
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
 
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 
end
 
end
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
 
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
Строка 1328: Строка 1484:
 
end
 
end
 
 
 +
if true == etal then
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal');
 +
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
end
  
 +
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
 +
local function extract_ids( args )
 +
local id_list = {};
 +
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
 +
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
 +
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
 +
end
 +
return id_list;
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
 
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
 
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
 
return the original language name string.
 
 
 
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
 
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
 
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
 
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
 
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
 
 
 
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
 
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
 
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
 
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
+
local new_list, handler = {};
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
 
end
 
  
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
+
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
 
 
 
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
+
-- fallback to read-only cfg
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
+
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
+
 +
if handler.mode == 'external' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
 +
elseif k == 'DOI' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'OL' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMC' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
 +
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
 +
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
 +
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
 
end
 
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
+
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
 +
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
+
 +
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
 +
return a[1] < b[1];
 +
end
 +
 +
table.sort( new_list, comp );
 +
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
 +
new_list[k] = v[2];
 +
end
 +
 +
return new_list;
 
end
 
end
 +
 
  
 +
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
 +
-- the citation information.
 +
local function COinS(data, class)
 +
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
 +
return '';
 +
end
 +
 +
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
 +
 +
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
 +
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
 +
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
 +
if is_set(value) then
 +
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
});
 +
 +
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
 +
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
 +
if 'arxiv' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
 +
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
 +
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
 +
 +
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
 +
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
 +
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
 +
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local last, first;
 +
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
 +
last, first = v.last, v.first;
 +
if k == 1 then
 +
if is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
 +
end
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
 +
elseif is_set(last) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
 +
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 +
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
 +
 +
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
 +
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
 +
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 +
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
 
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
 
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
 
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
  
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
 
  
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
+
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
separated from each other by commas.
+
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
  
]]
+
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
 +
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
 +
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
  
local function language_parameter (lang)
+
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
local name; -- the language name
+
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
+
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
  
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
+
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
  
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
+
]]
  
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
 
+
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
+
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
+
end
end
 
 
-- костыль для рувики: замена распространённых англоназваний на коды
 
local fromEnglishToCode = {
 
['Arabic'] = 'ar',
 
['Azerbaijani'] = 'az',
 
['Belarusian'] = 'be',
 
['Bulgarian'] = 'bg',
 
['Czech'] = 'cs',
 
['Danish'] = 'da',
 
['German'] = 'de',
 
['Greek'] = 'el',
 
['Spanish'] = 'es',
 
['English'] = 'en',
 
['Finnish'] = 'fi',
 
['French'] = 'fr',
 
['Hebrew'] = 'he',
 
['Croatian'] = 'hr',
 
['Hungarian'] = 'hu',
 
['Armenian'] = 'hy',
 
['Indonesian'] = 'id',
 
['Italian'] = 'it',
 
['Japanese'] = 'ja',
 
['Korean'] = 'ko',
 
['Latin'] = 'la',
 
['Dutch'] = 'nl',
 
['Norwegian'] = 'no',
 
['Polish'] = 'pl',
 
['Portuguese'] = 'pt',
 
['Romanian'] = 'ro',
 
['Russian'] = 'ru',
 
['Slovenian'] = 'sl',
 
['Serbian'] = 'sr',
 
['Swedish'] = 'sv',
 
['Thai'] = 'th',
 
['Turkish'] = 'tr',
 
['Ukrainian'] = 'uk',
 
['Chinese'] = 'zh',
 
}
 
if fromEnglishToCode[lang] then
 
lang = fromEnglishToCode[lang]
 
end
 
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
-- для рувики: замена полного названия на сокращение вроде фр. или англ.
 
name = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
 
title='lg',
 
args={lang}
 
}
 
if name == '' then
 
name = nil
 
end
 
if not is_set (name) then
 
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
 
 
if not is_set (name) then
 
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
+
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
else
+
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
 
+
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
+
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
else
+
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (language_list, name);
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
 
end
 
end
+
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
+
end
if 2 >= code then
+
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
+
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
elseif 2 < code then
 
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
end
 
  
 +
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
 
+
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
+
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
At en.wiki, for cs1:
 
ps gets: '.'
 
sep gets: '.'
 
 
 
]]
 
  
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
+
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
+
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no. We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
end
 
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
 
end
 
  
 +
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
 +
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
  
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
At en.wiki, for cs2:
 
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
 
sep gets: ','
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
+
local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
+
local name; -- the language name
end
+
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
+
local unrec_cat = false -- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
 +
 +
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 +
 +
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 +
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
 +
add_maint_cat ('english');
 +
end
 +
 +
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
 +
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
 +
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 +
else
 +
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (code) then
 +
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
 +
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
 +
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
 +
end
 +
elseif false == unrec_cat then
 +
unrec_cat = true; -- only add this category once
 +
add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
 +
end
 +
 +
table.insert (language_list, name);
 +
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 +
if 2 >= code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 +
elseif 2 < code then
 +
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
+
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
+
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
  
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
+
]]
 +
 
 +
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
 +
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
 +
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
 +
end
 +
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 +
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 +
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
 +
end
 +
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 +
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 +
end
 +
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 +
 
 +
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
 
rendered style.
 
rendered style.
  
Строка 1565: Строка 1801:
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Строка 1581: Строка 1816:
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 +
if is_set (mode) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
end
Строка 1589: Строка 1827:
 
return sep, ps, ref
 
return sep, ps, ref
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
+
Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
 
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
applying the pdf icon to external links.
  
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function is_pdf (url)
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
+
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
Строка 1616: Строка 1852:
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
 
if is_set (format) then
 
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper()); -- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
 
if not is_set (url) then
 
if not is_set (url) then
 
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
Строка 1627: Строка 1863:
 
return format;
 
return format;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
+
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
 
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
 
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
 
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
 
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
 
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
 
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
 
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
  
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
 
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
 
count: #a or #e
 
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
Строка 1659: Строка 1887:
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
+
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
+
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
 
end
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
+
max = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
 +
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
 
end
 
end
 
 
Строка 1671: Строка 1901:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
 +
formatting.
  
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
+
]]
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
  
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
+
local function citation0( config, args)
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
+
--[[
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
+
Load Input Parameters
 +
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
 +
aliases to single internal variable.
 +
]]
 +
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
  
]]
+
local i
 +
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
 +
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
 +
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
 +
 +
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
 +
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 +
local Authors = A['Authors'];
 +
local author_etal;
 +
local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
local Others = A['Others'];
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
+
local Editors = A['Editors'];
 +
local editor_etal;
 +
local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );
  
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
+
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
+
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
 +
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 +
local Year = A['Year'];
 +
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 +
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 +
local Date = A['Date'];
 +
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 +
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 +
local Title = A['Title'];
 +
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 +
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 +
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 +
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 +
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 +
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 +
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
 +
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
 +
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 +
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
 +
local URL = A['URL']
 +
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
 +
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 +
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 +
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 +
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 +
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 +
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
local Series = A['Series'];
 
+
local Volume = A['Volume'];
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
local Issue = A['Issue'];
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
+
local Position = '';
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
+
local Page = A['Page'];
 
+
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
local At = A['At'];
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
 
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
 
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
 
 
local i = 1;
 
 
while name_table[i] do
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
else
 
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 
end
 
end
 
i = i+1;
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
end
 
 
 
  
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
+
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 +
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 +
local Place = A['Place'];
 +
 +
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 +
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
 +
local Via = A['Via'];
 +
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 +
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
 +
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 +
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
 +
local Language = A['Language'];
 +
local Format = A['Format'];
 +
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 +
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 +
local ID = A['ID'];
 +
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 +
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 +
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 +
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
  
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
+
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
  
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
+
local Quote = A['Quote'];
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
  
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 +
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
 +
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
 +
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 +
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 +
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 +
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
  
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 +
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
  
]]
+
--these are used by cite interview
 +
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
 +
local City = A['City'];
 +
local Program = A['Program'];
  
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
+
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
+
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local v_name_table = {};
+
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
+
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
+
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
 
local corporate = false;
 
  
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
+
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
+
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 +
local PostScript;
 +
local Ref;
 +
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
  
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
+
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
+
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
 
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
 
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
 
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
 
end
 
else
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
 
end
 
end
+
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if is_set (first) then
+
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
+
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
+
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 
if is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
 
end
 
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
  
 +
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
 +
if is_set(Page) then
 +
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 +
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
 +
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 +
if is_set(At) then
 +
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
 +
At = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
+
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
+
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
end
 
+
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
+
 
+
--[[
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
+
When the citation has these parameters:
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
+
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
  
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
+
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 +
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
  
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
+
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 +
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
 +
]]
  
]]
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
  
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
+
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
local lastfirst = false;
+
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
if is_set(Title) then
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
if not is_set(Chapter) then
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
lastfirst=true;
+
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
Title = Periodical;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 +
else -- |title not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
-- Special case for cite techreport.
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
local err_name;
+
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
+
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
err_name = 'author';
+
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else
+
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
err_name = 'editor';
+
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
 
end
 
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
+
end
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
  
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
-- special case for cite interview
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
if is_set(Program) then
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
+
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
+
end
 
+
if is_set(Callsign) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(City) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. City;
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
+
if is_set(Others) then
 
+
if is_set(TitleType) then
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
+
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
+
TitleType = '';
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
+
else
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
+
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
 
+
end
]]
+
else
 
+
Others = '(Interview)';
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
+
end
if not is_set (value) then
 
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
 
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
 
return true;
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 
return false
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 
+
-- special case for cite mailing list
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
+
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 
+
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
 
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
 
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
 
single space character.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
 
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
 
return name_list; -- just return the name list
 
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
else
 
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
+
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 
+
if is_set(BookTitle) then
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
+
Chapter = Title;
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
 
+
ChapterURL = URL;
]]
+
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
URLorigin = '';
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
return '';
+
Title = BookTitle;
end
+
Format = '';
+
-- TitleLink = '';
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
TransTitle = '';
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
+
URL = '';
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
elseif is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
  
local vol = '';
+
-- cite map oddities
 +
local Cartography = "";
 +
local Scale = "";
 +
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 +
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 +
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 +
Chapter = A['Map'];
 +
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 +
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 +
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
if is_set (volume) then
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
+
if is_set( Cartography ) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
else
+
end
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
 +
if is_set( Scale ) then
 +
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (issue) then
 
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 
end
 
return vol;
 
end
 
  
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 +
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 +
local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
 +
local Ended = A['Ended'];
 +
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 +
local Network = A['Network'];
 +
local Station = A['Station'];
 +
local s, n = {}, {};
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
+
-- do common parameters first
 +
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 +
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 +
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 +
 +
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
 +
if is_set (AirDate) then
 +
Date = AirDate;
 +
elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated
 +
if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
 +
Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator
 +
else
 +
Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
The return order is:
+
local Season = A['Season'];
page, pages, sheet, sheets
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
  
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
+
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
 
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
]]
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 +
end
 +
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 +
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 +
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 +
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 +
 +
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 +
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
if is_set (sheet) then
+
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if 'journal' == origin then
+
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 
else
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
+
URL = ''; -- unset
if 'journal' == origin then
+
TransTitle = ''; -- unset
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
+
else
+
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
 
end
 
end
end
+
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (page) then
+
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
if is_journal then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
+
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
if is_journal then
+
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
+
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
+
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif not nopp then
+
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
else
+
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
Chapter = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
end
 
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 
end
 
  
 +
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
 +
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 +
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 +
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
 +
end
 +
end
  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
+
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
 
 
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
 
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
 
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
 
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
 
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
 
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
 
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
 
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
 
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
 
archive url:
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
 
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
 
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
err_msg = 'save command';
+
if not is_set (Date) then
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
err_msg = 'liveweb';
+
if is_set(Date) then
else
+
local Month = A['Month'];
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
+
if is_set(Month) then
+
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
+
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
err_msg = 'path';
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
err_msg = 'flag';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- if here, something not right so
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
 
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
 
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
else
 
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[
 
+
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
we get the date used in the metadata.
  
 +
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
]]
 
]]
 +
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
 +
local error_message = '';
 +
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 +
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
 +
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
--[[
+
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
Load Input Parameters
+
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
+
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
]]
+
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
+
end
local i
+
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
+
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
+
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
 
 
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
 
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
 
Mode = '';
 
end
 
 
 
local author_etal;
 
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
 
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
 
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
 
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
 
if 1 == selected then
 
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
+
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
+
if is_set(error_message) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
end
+
end -- end of do
  
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; -- для рувики (а вообще депрекированный)
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
local Others = A['Others'];
+
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
 +
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
  
local editor_etal;
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
+
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
local Editors;
+
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
+
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
do -- to limit scope of selected
 
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
 
if 1 == selected then
 
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
 
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
+
-- Test if citation has no title
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
if not is_set(Title) and
 
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
local interviewers_list = {};
+
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
 
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
else
 
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
+
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
+
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
if 0 < #c then
 
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
else -- if not a book cite
 
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
  
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
end
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local Year = A['Year'];
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
+
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
+
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local Date = A['Date'];
+
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
+
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
+
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
local Title = A['Title'];
+
coins_title = Periodical;
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
+
end
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
+
end
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
 
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
 
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
 
 
local ArchiveDate;
 
local ArchiveURL;
 
 
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 
 
 
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
+
-- this is the function call to COinS()
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
+
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
+
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
end
+
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 +
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
 +
['Series'] = Series,
 +
['Volume'] = Volume,
 +
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 +
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
 +
['Authors'] = a,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
  
local URL = A['URL']
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
+
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
+
end
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
local Volume;
+
if is_set (PublisherName) then
local Issue;
+
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
local Page;
+
end
local Pages;
 
local At;
 
 
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
 
Volume = A['Volume'];
 
end
 
-- conference & map books do not support issue
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
local Position = '';
 
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
 
At = A['At'];
 
 
end
 
end
  
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
UrlAccess = nil;
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
end
+
do -- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
+
local LastFirstAuthors;
UrlAccess = nil;
+
local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
+
 
 +
Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 +
 
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = Maximum,
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
 +
};
 +
 +
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
 +
if is_set(Coauthors) then
 +
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
 +
control.maximum = #a + 1;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
  
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
+
if is_set (Authors) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then -- if both author name styles
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
+
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
+
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
else
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
+
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
end -- end of do
  
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
+
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
+
end
end
 
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
local Via = A['Via'];
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
+
if not is_set(Editors) then
local Agency = A['Agency'];
+
local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
  
local Language = A['Language'];
+
Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
local Format = A['Format'];
+
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
+
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
+
Maximum = 3;
local ID = A['ID'];
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
 
end
 
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
  
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
+
local control = {
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
+
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 
+
maximum = Maximum,
local Quote = A['Quote'];
+
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
};
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
 
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
EditorCount = 1;
 +
end
  
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
end
+
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 +
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
 +
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 +
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
 +
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
  
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
+
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
+
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
+
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
+
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
+
 
+
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 
local PostScript;
 
local Ref;
 
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
 
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
 
end
 
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
+
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
+
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
break; -- bail out if one is found
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
end
+
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
+
if is_set (URL) then
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
NoPP = true;
+
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
else
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 +
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
 +
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 +
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
 +
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 +
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 +
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 +
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Page) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
+
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
At = '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 +
TransChapter = '';
 +
ChapterURL = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 
end
 
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
+
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
 
At = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
end
 
  
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
-- Format main title.
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
+
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 +
else
 +
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
TransError = "";
 +
if is_set(TransTitle) then
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
 +
end
 +
end
 
 
--[[
+
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
 
 
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
+
if is_set(Title) then
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
+
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
+
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
+
URL = "";
+
Format = "";
]]
+
else
 
+
Title = Title .. TransError;
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
 
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
 
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
 
if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
 
 
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
 
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
 
end
 
Title = Periodical;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Special case for cite techreport.
+
if is_set(Place) then
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite mailing list
+
if is_set (Conference) then
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
+
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
+
end
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if not is_set(Position) then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
if is_set(Minutes) then
Chapter = Title;
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
+
else
ChapterURL = URL;
+
local Time = A['Time'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
if is_set(Time) then
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
URLorigin = '';
+
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
if sepc ~= '.' then
Title = BookTitle;
+
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
Format = '';
+
end
-- TitleLink = '';
+
end
TransTitle = '';
+
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
URL = '';
+
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
if not is_set(Page) then
 +
if is_set(Pages) then
 +
if is_set(Periodical) and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 +
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
 +
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
 +
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
 +
else
 +
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set(Periodical) and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 +
Page = ": " .. Page;
 +
else
 +
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- для рувики: конкатенация |month к |date
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
local Month = A['Month'];
+
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
if is_set(Month) and is_set(Year) then
+
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
Date = Month .. " " .. Year;
+
local err_msg2;
Month = nil;
+
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
Year = nil;
+
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 +
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
 +
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
 +
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
 +
end
 +
if is_set (err_msg2) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
 +
if is_set (Sheets) then
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then
 +
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
 +
else
 +
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then
 +
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
else
 +
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- cite map oddities
+
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
local Cartography = "";
+
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
local Scale = "";
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
+
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
+
local Sections = A['Sections'];
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
local Inset = A['Inset'];
Chapter = A['Map'];
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
if is_set( Inset ) then
if is_set( Cartography ) then
+
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
+
end
end
+
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
if is_set( Sections ) then
if is_set( Scale ) then
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
+
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
 +
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (Language) then
 +
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
 +
else
 +
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
 
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
+
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
 +
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
 +
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 +
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 +
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
  
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
if is_set(Volume) then
 +
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
 +
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
 +
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
 +
end
 +
end
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
local Station = A['Station'];
+
if is_set(Via) then
local s, n = {}, {};
+
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
-- do common parameters first
+
end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
 
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
 
Date = AirDate;
 
end
 
  
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
+
--[[
local Season = A['Season'];
+
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
+
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
  
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
end
+
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
+
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
+
else
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
+
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
 
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
 
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
end
 
URL = ''; -- unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
 
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if is_set(AccessDate) then
do
+
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
 
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
  
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
+
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
+
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
end
+
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
+
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
+
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
+
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
 
  
if not is_set (Date) then
+
if is_set(URL) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
 
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
 
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
 
else
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
 
end
 
else
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
 
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
if is_set(Quote) then
 
+
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
--[[
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
+
end
we get the date used in the metadata.
+
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 +
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 +
end
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local Archived
]]
+
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
local error_message = '';
+
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 
local date_parameters_list = {
 
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
 
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
 
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
 
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
 
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
 
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 
};
 
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
 
 
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
 
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
 
 
end
 
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
if "no" == DeadURL then
 
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
+
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
+
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
+
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
 
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
else
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
end
+
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
+
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
local modified = false; -- flag
+
else
+
Archived = ""
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
+
end
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
+
end
+
local Lay = '';
 
+
if is_set(LayURL) then
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
modified = true;
+
if is_set(LaySource) then  
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
+
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
end
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
 
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
 
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
 
-- modified = true;
 
-- end
 
 
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
 
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 
end
 
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
LaySource = "";
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
if sepc == '.' then
 
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
+
else
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
+
end
 
+
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
+
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
+
end
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: TODO: убрать? -- unset
 
end
 
  
 +
if is_set(Transcript) then
 +
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
 
end
 
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
local Publisher;
-- Test if citation has no title
+
if is_set(Periodical) and
if not is_set(Title) and
+
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
not is_set(TransTitle) and
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
+
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
+
else
 +
Publisher = PublisherName; 
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = "";
 +
end
 +
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 +
if is_set(Publisher) then
 +
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
+
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
+
if is_set(Publisher) then
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
+
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
end
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
+
else
end
+
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 
+
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
+
end
['title']=Title,
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
+
else
});
+
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
+
end
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
+
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
+
else
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
+
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 +
end
 +
end
 
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
+
if is_set(Periodical) then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
+
else
coins_title = Periodical;
+
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
end
 
end
end
 
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
--[[
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
+
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
+
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
+
]]
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
+
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
+
end
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
 
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
 
if is_set (PublisherName) then
 
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 +
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 +
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
  
 
+
local tcommon
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
do
+
local last_first_list;
+
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
local control = {  
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
+
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
+
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
mode = Mode
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
};
 
 
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
 
 
if is_set (Editors) then
 
if editor_etal then
 
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
else
 
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
else
 
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
+
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
end
+
else -- all other CS1 templates
do -- now do translators
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
+
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
end
end
+
do -- now do contributors
+
if #ID_list > 0 then
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
+
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
else
end
+
ID_list = ID;
do -- now do authors
+
end
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
+
 
+
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
+
local text;
 
+
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set (Authors) then
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
if is_set(Authors) then
if author_etal then
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
local sep = '; ';
 +
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
 +
sep = ', ';
 +
end
 +
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Date) then
 +
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
 +
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
 +
Authors = Authors .. " "
 +
else
 +
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Editors) then
 +
local in_text = " ";
 +
local post_text = "";
 +
if is_set(Chapter) then
 +
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 +
else
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
 +
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
 +
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
 +
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
 
else
 
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
 
 
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
end
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
+
elseif is_set(Editors) then
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
if is_set(Date) then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
else
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
end
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
 
+
else
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
else
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
+
end
 
+
end
if not is_set(URL) then
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
else
 +
if is_set(Date) then
 +
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
 +
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
end
 
end
 
end
+
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
else
-- AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: убрано
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
 +
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
local options = {};
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
+
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
+
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
+
else
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
+
options.class = "citation";
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
+
end
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
+
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
local id = Ref
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
+
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
 +
local names = {} --table of last names & year
 +
if #a > 0 then
 +
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
 +
names[i] = v.last
 +
if i == 4 then break end
 +
end
 +
elseif #e > 0 then
 +
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
 +
names[i] = v.last
 +
if i == 4 then break end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
+
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
+
id = anchor_id(names)
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
+
end
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
+
options.id = id;
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
+
end
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
+
z.error_categories = {};
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
text = set_error('empty_citation');
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
+
z.message_tail = {};
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(options.id) then
 +
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
 +
else
 +
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
 +
end
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
local chap_param;
+
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
+
text = text .. OCinS;
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
+
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
+
text = text .. " ";
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
+
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
+
if is_set(v[1]) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
+
if i == #z.message_tail then
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
+
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
+
else
end
+
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
 
+
end
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
TransChapter = '';
 
ChapterURL = '';
 
ScriptChapter = '';
 
ChapterFormat = '';
 
end
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if is_set (Chapter) then
+
text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
+
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
end
 
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
 
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
 
end
 
end
 +
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- Format main title.
+
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
+
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
  
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
+
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
+
function z.citation(frame)
else
+
local pframe = frame:getParent()
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
+
local validation;
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
+
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
 +
 
 +
else -- otherwise
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
 
end
 
end
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
 
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
local args = {};
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
local suggestions = {};
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
local error_text, error_state;
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
 
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
+
local config = {};
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
+
config[k] = v;
else
+
args[k] = v;  
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
+
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
  
local TransError = "";
+
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if is_set(TransTitle) then
+
if v ~= '' then
if is_set(Title) then
+
if not validate( k ) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
+
error_text = "";
else
+
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
+
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
end
+
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
end
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
if is_set(Title) then
 
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 
 
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
else
 
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(Place) then
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (Conference) then
 
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
 
 
if not is_set(Position) then
 
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
local Time = A['Time'];
 
 
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
 
if is_set (Time) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
 
end
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
else
 
if is_set(Time) then
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
 
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
end
+
else
end
+
if #suggestions == 0 then
else
+
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
Position = " " .. Position;
+
end
At = '';
+
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
end
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
+
else
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
 
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 
local Section = A['Section'];
 
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
 
if is_set( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (Language) then
 
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 
else
 
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 
]]
 
end
 
 
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
 
if is_set (Translators) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
if is_set (Interviewers) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 
if is_set (Edition) then
 
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
 
end
 
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
Edition = '';
 
end
 
 
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
 
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
 
 
 
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
 
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
 
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
if is_set(Via) then
 
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 
end
 
 
 
--[[
 
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
 
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
 
]]
 
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
 
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
 
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
 
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
 
else
 
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
 
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
 
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
 
 
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 
end
 
 
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
end
 
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
 
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
 
 
if is_set(URL) then
 
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(Quote) then
 
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 
end
 
 
local Archived
 
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
 
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
 
end
 
if "no" == DeadURL then
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
 
end
 
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
 
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
else
 
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
end
 
else
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
Archived = ""
 
end
 
 
local Lay = '';
 
if is_set(LayURL) then
 
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
 
if is_set(LaySource) then
 
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 
else
 
LaySource = "";
 
end
 
if sepc == '.' then
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
end
 
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
 
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
 
 
local Publisher;
 
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
end
 
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
end
 
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
else
 
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
--[[
 
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 
]]
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
 
 
local tcommon;
 
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
 
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 
else
 
ID_list = ID;
 
end
 
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
 
 
if is_set(Date) then
 
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 
else
 
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set(Authors) then
 
-- для рувики: конкатенация |coauthors к |authors (без остальной поддержки вроде убирания амперсанта и автоскрытия)
 
if is_set(Coauthors) then
 
Authors = Authors .. "; " .. Coauthors;
 
end
 
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if is_set(Editors) then
 
local in_text = " ";
 
local post_text = "";
 
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
 
end
 
else
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 
else
 
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
 
end
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
end
 
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
 
else
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
end
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
 
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
 
local options = {};
 
 
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
 
options.class = config.CitationClass;
 
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
 
else
 
options.class = "citation";
 
end
 
 
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
 
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 
namelist = c; -- select it
 
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 
namelist = a;
 
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 
namelist = e;
 
end
 
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
 
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
else
 
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
elseif Ref ~= '' and mw.ustring.sub(Ref, 0, 7) ~= 'CITEREF' then -- для рувики: иная генерация ref-якорей
 
if mw.ustring.match(id, '%d%d%d%d') then
 
id = 'CITEREF' .. id
 
else
 
local yearForRef = nil
 
if year and mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$') then
 
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$')
 
elseif Date and mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d') then
 
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d')
 
end
 
if yearForRef then
 
id = 'CITEREF' .. id .. yearForRef
 
else
 
id = '' -- TODO: для рувики: выдавать ошибку?
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
options.id = id;
 
end
 
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
end
 
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
 
 
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
 
else
 
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
 
end
 
 
 
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 
 
 
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
 
table.insert (render, ' ');
 
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 
if is_set(v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
 
else
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
 
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render, v);
 
table.insert (render, ' (');
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
 
table.insert (render, ') ');
 
end
 
table.insert (render, '</span>');
 
end
 
 
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
 
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
return table.concat (render);
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
 
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function validate (name, cite_class)
 
local name = tostring (name);
 
local state;
 
 
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
 
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
 
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
parameter that is missing its pipe:
 
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
 
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
 
local capture;
 
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
 
 
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
function cs1.citation(frame)
 
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
 
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
 
 
else -- otherwise
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 
 
 
end
 
 
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
 
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
 
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
 
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
 
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
 
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
 
 
 
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
in_array = utilities.in_array;
 
substitute = utilities.substitute;
 
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
 
set_error = utilities.set_error;
 
select_one = utilities.select_one;
 
add_maint_cat = function () end; -- для рувики: вместо utilities.add_maint_cat;
 
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
 
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
 
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
 
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
 
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
 
 
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
 
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
 
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
 
 
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
 
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
 
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 
local error_text, error_state;
 
 
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
 
config[k] = v;
 
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
 
end
 
 
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 
end
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
else
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
 
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
 
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end    
 
end    
Строка 3690: Строка 3137:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
 
 
args[k] = v;
 
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
+
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
+
args[k] = v;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
+
return citation0( config, args)
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
 
end
 
end
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
 
end
 
end
  
return cs1;
+
return z

Версия от 10:23, 5 августа 2023

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.

These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:

CS2 modules
live sandbox diff description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] diff Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] diff Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] diff 2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] diff Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] diff Functions that support the named identifiers (ISBN, DOI, PMID, etc.)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] diff Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] diff 2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] diff CSS styles applied to the CS1|2 templates
Silver padlock Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] diff List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

Other documentation:

testcases



local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local cfg = {};					-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};			-- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation

]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

First set variable or nil if none

]]

local function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.

]]

local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.

]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
	table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string is valid.

At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;		-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link

]]

local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- just to be safe for concatenation
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
		return chapter .. chapter_error;
	else																		-- here when chapter is set
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter);						-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
	end
	return chapter;
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;

	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]

local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]

local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
	if is_set (embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 then													-- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
			if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then			-- is embargo date is in the future?
				return embargo;													-- still embargoed
			else
				add_maint_cat ('embargo')
				return '';														-- unset because embargo has expired
			end
		end
	end
	return '';																	-- |embargo= not set return empty string
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_set (embargo) then													-- is PMC is still embargoed?
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	-- still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			-- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------

Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources

]]

local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then									-- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
			Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true;										-- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
		end
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)						-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"		-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

local function anchor_id( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
	local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$"							-- variations on the 'et al' theme
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		local name = tostring(last);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			last = name:gsub (pattern, '');										-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end
		name = tostring(first);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			first = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask};	-- add this name to our names list
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	if true == etal then
		add_maint_cat ('etal');
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]

local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
local function COinS(data, class)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		if 'arxiv' == class then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint";								-- cite arxiv
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
	local code;																	-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=
	local unrec_cat = false														-- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
	
	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list
	
	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang
		if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
			add_maint_cat ('english');
		end
	
		if 2 == lang:len() then													-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" );			-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);								-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then
			if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end;						-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
			if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then								-- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
				add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
			end
		elseif false == unrec_cat then
			unrec_cat = true;													-- only add this category once
			add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));		-- wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		if is_set (mode) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		end
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper());							-- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then	-- AUTHORS ONLY		-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset
		end
	elseif 'authors' == list_name then		-- AUTHORS ONLY	need to clear implicit et al category
		max = count + 1;														-- number of authors + 1
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local author_etal;
	local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local editor_etal;
	local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );

	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];									-- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
	if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then											-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } );	-- not vanc so add error message
		NameListFormat = '';													-- set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];										-- deprecated
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
					URL = '';						-- redundant so unset
					Format = '';					-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local Began = A['Began'];												-- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
		local Ended = A['Ended'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};

																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) then												-- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
			if is_set (AirDate) then
				Date = AirDate;
			elseif is_set (Began) then											-- deprecated
				if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then					-- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
					Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended;								-- use spaced ndash as separator
				else
					Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended;								-- elsewise no spaces
				end
			end
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';													-- unset
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';														-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		end
		if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";									-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter),					-- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do																			-- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
		local LastFirstAuthors;
		local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];

		Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

		if is_set (Authors) then
			if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then									-- if both author name styles
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Authors = LastFirstAuthors;										-- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
			end
		else
			Authors = LastFirstAuthors;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end
	end																			-- end of do

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];

		Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
		if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
			EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
		end
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	if  not is_set(URL) then --and
--		not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and										-- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
--		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
--		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then											-- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat;											-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';														-- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end

	if 'map' == config.CitationClass then										-- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
		if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
			local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets';							-- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
			local err_msg2;
			if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then				-- are any set?
				err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at';						-- a generic error message
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
			elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then						-- if both are set make error message
				err_msg1 = 'sheet';
				err_msg2 = 'sheets';
			end
			if is_set (err_msg2) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			if not is_set (Sheet) then											-- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
				if is_set (Sheets) then
					if is_set (Periodical) then
						Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets;							-- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
					else
						Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
					end
				end
			else
				if is_set (Periodical) then
					Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
				else
					Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
				end
			end
		end
	end

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace);			-- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		
	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last editor name ends with sepc char
				Editors = Editors .. " ";										-- don't add another
			else
				Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "								-- otherwise terninate the editor list
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchor_id(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z